HFK Series Air Gripper (Guide Track Parallel Style - Roller Bearing Type)

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFK10

  Specifications: HFK10 is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is double acting. Standard jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFK roller-guided parallel gripper; double acting 10 10 mm nominal bore (jaw code omitted) Standard jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.2–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Closing force, one jaw 11 N Opening force, one jaw 17 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 (0/−0.05) DA 4 (0/−0.05) DB 12 E M2.5×0.45 EA 3 EB 5.7 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 15.5 (+2/0) UB 11.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFK-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male; exact 4×2.5 mm tube; locknut typeConnection at each M3 gripper opening/closing port when exact 4×2.5 mm tube is selected PSA4: Two 4 mm OD push-in tube ends; no pipe threadSeparate inline meter-out control in each gripper chamber line PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system BKC0425-M3 connects exact 4 mm OD/2.5 mm ID tube to each M3×0.5 gripper port; it is a locking-cap fitting, not a push-in connector. Insert fully and tighten the cap, matching the actual port seal. No supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 inline in each chamber line with its flow symbol restricting gripper-to-valve exhaust and allowing free charging. PC4M5 belongs at the separate M5 valve ports and does not fit the gripper's M3 threads. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFK branch is 0.2–0.7 MPa. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; PSA4 is rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The selected branch is limited to 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating; this does not change the gripper body’s −20°C rating. PSA4 has two 4 mm tube ends and no male pipe thread; a closed adjustment is not safety isolation. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 58.3 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 56 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 58.3 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $168.84

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFK32N

  Specifications: HFK32N is an AirTAC 32 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is double acting. Through-hole jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFK roller-guided parallel gripper; double acting 32 32 mm nominal bore N Through-hole jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.02 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Closing force, one jaw 160 N Opening force, one jaw 195 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 22 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK32 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 514 N Pitch moment Mp 3 N·m Yaw moment My 3 N·m Roll moment Mr 6 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 113 AB 67 B 40 C 106 CA 60 D 15 (0/−0.05) DA 12 (0/−0.05) DB 29 E Ø6.5 EA 7 EB 14 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 46 KC 40 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 46 LC 26 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 26 MC 48 N 34 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 31 PC 24 UA 48 (+2.5/0) UB 26 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.9 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.9 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 13 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.9 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFK-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFK branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 751 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 729 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 751 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $365.82

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFK25

  Specifications: HFK25 is an AirTAC 25 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is double acting. Standard jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFK roller-guided parallel gripper; double acting 25 25 mm nominal bore (jaw code omitted) Standard jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Closing force, one jaw 69 N Opening force, one jaw 102 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 14 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 382 N Pitch moment Mp 1.94 N·m Yaw moment My 1.94 N·m Roll moment Mr 3.88 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 103 AB 64 B 33.5 C 71 CA 52 D 12 (0/−0.05) DA 10 (0/−0.05) DB 25 E M5×0.8 EA 6 EB 12 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 36 KC 30 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 40 LC 22 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 22 MC 36.5 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9 PB 24 PC 20 UA 33.5 (+2/0) UB 19.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFK-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFK branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Catalog reference weight 456 g. Catalog reference only; the actual product governs. This is not a measured packed shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 428 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 456 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $249.12

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFK16M

  Specifications: HFK16M is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is double acting. Through-hole narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFK roller-guided parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore M Through-hole narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Closing force, one jaw 34 N Opening force, one jaw 45 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 (0/−0.05) DA 5 (0/−0.05) DB 15 E Ø3.3 EA 4 EB 7 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 12.5 (+2/0) UB 6.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFK-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFK branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 124.4 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 124 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 124.4 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $249.12

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFK16R

  Specifications: HFK16R is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is double acting. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFK roller-guided parallel gripper; double acting 16 16 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation double acting Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.15–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Closing force, one jaw 34 N Opening force, one jaw 45 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 (0/−0.05) DA 5 (0/−0.05) DB 15 E M3×0.5 EA 4 EB 7 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 12.5 (+2/0) UB 6.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional air connections and electrical direction control These are separately ordered options for a selected 4 mm OD tube circuit, not a supplied or HFK-validated complete kit. Choose the valve flow capacity, tubing and control response for the actual jaw load and required opening/closing time. Thread and pressure compatibility alone do not establish the catalog maximum operating frequency or gripping performance. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the selected valve P/A/B ports; also at an M5 gripper port if a straight fitting is chosen PTL4M5A-M: M5×0.8 male; exact 4 mm tube OD; mini A-typeMeter-out controller at each M5 gripper port, as an alternative to a straight connection BSLM5: M5×0.8 male; 0–1 MPa, −20 to +70°COptional silencer at selected 5V valve exhaust R/S only; not the gripper opening/closing work ports US98A040025100MBU: Polyester PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollOptional tube packaging example, cut to installed length UE95A040025100MBU: Polyether PU; 4×2.5 mm; blue 100 m rollAlternative tube packaging example, cut to installed length 5V110M5A050, 5V110M5A200, 5V120M5A050, 5V120M5A200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 220 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5B050, 5V110M5B200, 5V120M5B050, 5V120M5B200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5C050, 5V110M5C200, 5V120M5C050, 5V120M5C200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 110 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5E050, 5V110M5E200, 5V120M5E050, 5V120M5E200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 24 V AC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system 5V110M5F050, 5V110M5F200, 5V120M5F050, 5V120M5F200: 5/2 valve; M5×0.8 main/exhaust ports; terminal cableOptional 12 V DC direction control; 050/200 = 0.5/2 m leads; select for the installed supply and control system Choose PC4M5 straight fittings or PTL4M5A-M controllers at the M5 gripper opening/closing ports, with PC4M5 at the separate valve ports. The A-type controller restricts gripper-to-tube exhaust and permits free charging. These fittings/controllers take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or PU tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat the M5 sealing gasket correctly; recommended controller-cap rotation torque is 0.05 N·m, not thread-tightening torque. The listed 5V100 valves are 5/2 directional valves with M5×0.8 supply P, work A/B and exhaust R/S ports. Keep the two work lines separate and connect them to the gripper's opening and closing ports as required. The 5V110 version is single-solenoid spring return; 5V120 is double-solenoid with memory. Select the required switching and loss-of-power behavior; valve memory is not mechanical load retention. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. The final 050/200 means a 0.5/2 m terminal cable, not a DIN plug. AC tolerance is +15%/−10% at 2.0 VA; DC is ±10% at 1.6 W. Connect the selected voltage and control signals according to the valve wiring requirements. The selected 5V100 valve is rated 0.15–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The common operating pressure range of this selected HFK branch is 0.15–0.7 MPa. Keep the selected branch within −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. The two blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not required installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 124.4 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 124 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 124.4 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $179.33

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFSK10R

  Specifications: HFSK10R is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally closed. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFSK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally closed 10 10 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation single acting, normally closed Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.35–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven opening force, one jaw 13 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 (0/−0.05) DA 4 (0/−0.05) DB 12 E M2.5×0.45 EA 3 EB 5.7 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 10 (+2/0) UB 6 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFSK is single acting: pressure drives jaw opening, and exhausting the working line allows spring closing. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male × exact 4 mm tube OD / 2.5 mm tube ID; locknut fittingConnection at the single M3 gripper pressure port, with separate inline inlet flow control PSA4: Two 4 mm tube OD push-in ends; no male pipe threadInline meter-in control for pneumatic jaw opening, with free reverse exhaust for spring closing PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; not for the M3 gripper port US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, connect BKC0425-M3 at the M3×0.5 gripper pressure port and PC4M5 at the valve’s M5×0.8 A port. Match the supply connection separately. BKC uses a locking cap, not a push-in end: insert the exact tube fully, tighten the cap and match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 in the single working line with its body symbol restricting valve-to-gripper supply for controlled jaw opening and allowing free gripper-to-valve exhaust for spring closing. Its two push-in ends take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube; it has no male pipe thread. Start restricted, adjust gradually and lock; a closed setting is not safety isolation. Use the selected branch at 0.35–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating and lower installed-component limits. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; the selected PC and PSA parts are rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The BKC minimum temperature limits this branch without changing the gripper body’s −20°C rating. Seat the M5 valve-fitting gasket correctly. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 60.8 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 57 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 60.8 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $179.20

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK25M

  Specifications: HFTK25M is an AirTAC 25 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Through-hole narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 25 25 mm nominal bore M Through-hole narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 55 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 14 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 382 N Pitch moment Mp 1.94 N·m Yaw moment My 1.94 N·m Roll moment Mr 3.88 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 103 AB 64 B 33.5 C 71 CA 52 D 12 (0/−0.05) DA 10 (0/−0.05) DB 25 E Ø5.5 EA 6 EB 12 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 36 KC 30 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 40 LC 22 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 22 MC 36.5 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9 PB 24 PC 20 UA 23 (+2.5/0) UB 9 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 466.1 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 430 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 466.1 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $464.87

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK20M

  Specifications: HFTK20M is an AirTAC 20 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Through-hole narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 20 20 mm nominal bore M Through-hole narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 35 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 10 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 221 N Pitch moment Mp 1.32 N·m Yaw moment My 1.32 N·m Roll moment Mr 2.65 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 85 AB 53 B 27.5 C 53 CA 42 D 10 (0/−0.05) DA 8 (0/−0.05) DB 20 E Ø4.5 EA 5 EB 9 K M5×0.8 KA 8 KB 30 KC 29 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 32 LC 18 M M5×0.8 MA 8 MB 18.5 MC 35 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 23 PC 15 UA 17 (+2/0) UB 7 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 3.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 254 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 238 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 254 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $386.50

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK16M

  Specifications: HFTK16M is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Through-hole narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 16 16 mm nominal bore M Through-hole narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 27 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 (0/−0.05) DA 5 (0/−0.05) DB 15 E Ø3.3 EA 4 EB 7 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 12.5 (+2/0) UB 6.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 133.3 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 125 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 133.3 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $264.88

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK10M

  Specifications: HFTK10M is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Through-hole narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 10 10 mm nominal bore M Through-hole narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.35–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 7 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 (0/−0.05) DA 4 (0/−0.05) DB 12 E Ø2.8 EA 3 EB 5.7 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 10 (+2/0) UB 6 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male × exact 4 mm tube OD / 2.5 mm tube ID; locknut fittingConnection at the single M3 gripper pressure port, with separate inline inlet flow control PSA4: Two 4 mm tube OD push-in ends; no male pipe threadInline meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, with free reverse exhaust for spring opening PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; not for the M3 gripper port US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, connect BKC0425-M3 at the M3×0.5 gripper pressure port and PC4M5 at the valve’s M5×0.8 A port. Match the supply connection separately. BKC uses a locking cap, not a push-in end: insert the exact tube fully, tighten the cap and match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 in the single working line with its body symbol restricting valve-to-gripper supply for controlled jaw closing and allowing free gripper-to-valve exhaust for spring opening. Its two push-in ends take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube; it has no male pipe thread. Start restricted, adjust gradually and lock; a closed setting is not safety isolation. Use the selected branch at 0.35–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating and lower installed-component limits. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; the selected PC and PSA parts are rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The BKC minimum temperature limits this branch without changing the gripper body’s −20°C rating. Seat the M5 valve-fitting gasket correctly. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 60.6 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 57 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 60.6 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $215.28

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK25W

  Specifications: HFTK25W is an AirTAC 25 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Side-mounted narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 25 25 mm nominal bore W Side-mounted narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 55 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 14 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 382 N Pitch moment Mp 1.94 N·m Yaw moment My 1.94 N·m Roll moment Mr 3.88 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 103 AB 64 B 33.5 C 71 CA 52 D 12 (0/−0.05) DA 10 (0/−0.05) DB 25 E M5×0.8 EA 6 EB 12 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 36 KC 30 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 40 LC 22 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 22 MC 36.5 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9 PB 24 PC 20 UA 23 (+2.5/0) UB 9 (0/−1) EC 5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 466.1 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 430 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 466.1 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $192.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK20W

  Specifications: HFTK20W is an AirTAC 20 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Side-mounted narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 20 20 mm nominal bore W Side-mounted narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 35 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 10 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 221 N Pitch moment Mp 1.32 N·m Yaw moment My 1.32 N·m Roll moment Mr 2.65 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 85 AB 53 B 27.5 C 53 CA 42 D 10 (0/−0.05) DA 8 (0/−0.05) DB 20 E M4×0.7 EA 5 EB 9 K M5×0.8 KA 8 KB 30 KC 29 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 32 LC 18 M M5×0.8 MA 8 MB 18.5 MC 35 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 23 PC 15 UA 17 (+2/0) UB 7 (0/−1) EC 4 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 3.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 254 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 238 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 254 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $179.20

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK16W

  Specifications: HFTK16W is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Side-mounted narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 16 16 mm nominal bore W Side-mounted narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 27 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 (0/−0.05) DA 5 (0/−0.05) DB 15 E M3×0.5 EA 4 EB 7 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 12.5 (+2/0) UB 6.5 (0/−1) EC 2.5 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 133.3 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 125 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 133.3 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $464.87

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK10W

  Specifications: HFTK10W is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Side-mounted narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 10 10 mm nominal bore W Side-mounted narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.35–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 7 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 (0/−0.05) DA 4 (0/−0.05) DB 12 E M2.5×0.45 EA 3 EB 5.7 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 10 (+2/0) UB 6 (0/−1) EC 2 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male × exact 4 mm tube OD / 2.5 mm tube ID; locknut fittingConnection at the single M3 gripper pressure port, with separate inline inlet flow control PSA4: Two 4 mm tube OD push-in ends; no male pipe threadInline meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, with free reverse exhaust for spring opening PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; not for the M3 gripper port US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, connect BKC0425-M3 at the M3×0.5 gripper pressure port and PC4M5 at the valve’s M5×0.8 A port. Match the supply connection separately. BKC uses a locking cap, not a push-in end: insert the exact tube fully, tighten the cap and match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 in the single working line with its body symbol restricting valve-to-gripper supply for controlled jaw closing and allowing free gripper-to-valve exhaust for spring opening. Its two push-in ends take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube; it has no male pipe thread. Start restricted, adjust gradually and lock; a closed setting is not safety isolation. Use the selected branch at 0.35–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating and lower installed-component limits. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; the selected PC and PSA parts are rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The BKC minimum temperature limits this branch without changing the gripper body’s −20°C rating. Seat the M5 valve-fitting gasket correctly. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 60.6 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 57 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 60.6 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $386.50

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK25R

  Specifications: HFTK25R is an AirTAC 25 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 25 25 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 55 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 14 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 382 N Pitch moment Mp 1.94 N·m Yaw moment My 1.94 N·m Roll moment Mr 3.88 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 103 AB 64 B 33.5 C 71 CA 52 D 12 (0/−0.05) DA 10 (0/−0.05) DB 25 E M5×0.8 EA 6 EB 12 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 36 KC 30 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 40 LC 22 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 22 MC 36.5 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9 PB 24 PC 20 UA 23 (+2.5/0) UB 9 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 466.1 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 430 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 466.1 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $264.88

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK20R

  Specifications: HFTK20R is an AirTAC 20 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 20 20 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 35 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 10 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 221 N Pitch moment Mp 1.32 N·m Yaw moment My 1.32 N·m Roll moment Mr 2.65 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 85 AB 53 B 27.5 C 53 CA 42 D 10 (0/−0.05) DA 8 (0/−0.05) DB 20 E M4×0.7 EA 5 EB 9 K M5×0.8 KA 8 KB 30 KC 29 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 32 LC 18 M M5×0.8 MA 8 MB 18.5 MC 35 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 23 PC 15 UA 17 (+2/0) UB 7 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 3.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 254 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 238 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 254 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $215.28

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK16R

  Specifications: HFTK16R is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 16 16 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 27 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 (0/−0.05) DA 5 (0/−0.05) DB 15 E M3×0.5 EA 4 EB 7 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 12.5 (+2/0) UB 6.5 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 133.3 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 125 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 133.3 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $192.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK10R

  Specifications: HFTK10R is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Narrow jaw. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 10 10 mm nominal bore R Narrow jaw Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.35–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 7 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 (0/−0.05) DA 4 (0/−0.05) DB 12 E M2.5×0.45 EA 3 EB 5.7 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 10 (+2/0) UB 6 (0/−1) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male × exact 4 mm tube OD / 2.5 mm tube ID; locknut fittingConnection at the single M3 gripper pressure port, with separate inline inlet flow control PSA4: Two 4 mm tube OD push-in ends; no male pipe threadInline meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, with free reverse exhaust for spring opening PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; not for the M3 gripper port US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, connect BKC0425-M3 at the M3×0.5 gripper pressure port and PC4M5 at the valve’s M5×0.8 A port. Match the supply connection separately. BKC uses a locking cap, not a push-in end: insert the exact tube fully, tighten the cap and match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 in the single working line with its body symbol restricting valve-to-gripper supply for controlled jaw closing and allowing free gripper-to-valve exhaust for spring opening. Its two push-in ends take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube; it has no male pipe thread. Start restricted, adjust gradually and lock; a closed setting is not safety isolation. Use the selected branch at 0.35–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating and lower installed-component limits. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; the selected PC and PSA parts are rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The BKC minimum temperature limits this branch without changing the gripper body’s −20°C rating. Seat the M5 valve-fitting gasket correctly. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 60.6 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 57 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 60.6 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $179.20

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK40F

  Specifications: HFTK40F is an AirTAC 40 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 40 40 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 40 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.02 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 220 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 30 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK40 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 735 N Pitch moment Mp 4.5 N·m Yaw moment My 4.5 N·m Roll moment Mr 9 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 152 AB 96 B 48 C 132 CA 72 D 18 DA 41.5 DB 22 E M8×1.25 EA 16 EB 24 K M8×1.25 KA 12 KB 56 KC 62 L M8×1.25 LA 16 LB 56 LC 32 M M8×1.25 MA 12 MB 32 MC 71 N 42 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 10.5 PB 50 PC 28 UA 33 (+3/0) UB 3.4 (0/−0.5) DC 6 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 17.7 DF 6 EC 8.7 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Front threaded mounting M8×1.25; maximum 17.7 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 16 mm Side mounting M8×1.25; maximum 13.7 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Jaw attachment M8×1.25; maximum 11.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 1431.1 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 1437 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 1431.1 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $464.87

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK32F

  Specifications: HFTK32F is an AirTAC 32 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 32 32 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 32 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.02 mm Maximum operating frequency 60 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 133 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 22 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK32 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 514 N Pitch moment Mp 3 N·m Yaw moment My 3 N·m Roll moment Mr 6 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 122 AB 76 B 40 C 106 CA 60 D 15 DA 34.5 DB 18 E M6×1 EA 12 EB 20 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 46 KC 49 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 46 LC 26 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 26 MC 57 N 34 (+0.05/0) NA 2.5 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 40 PC 24 UA 25 (+2.5/0) UB 3.4 (0/−0.5) DC 5 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 14.8 DF 5 EC 7.3 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.9 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.9 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 13 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M6×1; maximum 4.9 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 804.7 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 799 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 804.7 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $386.50

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK25F

  Specifications: HFTK25F is an AirTAC 25 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 25 25 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 25 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 55 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 14 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK25 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 382 N Pitch moment Mp 1.94 N·m Yaw moment My 1.94 N·m Roll moment Mr 3.88 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 103 AB 64 B 33.5 C 71 CA 52 D 12 DA 22 DB 13 E M5×0.8 EA 10 EB 12 K M6×1 KA 10 KB 36 KC 30 L M6×1 LA 12 LB 40 LC 22 M M6×1 MA 10 MB 22 MC 36.5 N 26 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9 PB 24 PC 20 UA 16 (+2.5/0) UB 2.4 (0/−0.5) DC 4 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 9 DF 4 EC 4.9 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Front threaded mounting M6×1; maximum 7.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front through mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 12 mm Side mounting M6×1; maximum 5.9 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Jaw attachment M5×0.8; maximum 2.8 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 466.1 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 420 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 466.1 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $264.88

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK20F

  Specifications: HFTK20F is an AirTAC 20 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 20 20 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 20 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 35 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 10 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK20 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 221 N Pitch moment Mp 1.32 N·m Yaw moment My 1.32 N·m Roll moment Mr 2.65 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 85 AB 53 B 27.5 C 53 CA 42 D 10 DA 18 DB 10.5 E M4×0.7 EA 8 EB 10 K M5×0.8 KA 8 KB 30 KC 29 L M5×0.8 LA 10 LB 32 LC 18 M M5×0.8 MA 8 MB 18.5 MC 35 N 21 (+0.05/0) NA 2 P M5×0.8 PA 9.5 PB 23 PC 15 UA 11.5 (+2/0) UB 1.8 (0/−0.5) DC 3 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 7.5 DF 3 EC 3.95 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Front threaded mounting M5×0.8; maximum 4.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front through mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 10 mm Side mounting M5×0.8; maximum 3.3 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Jaw attachment M4×0.7; maximum 1.4 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 254 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 238 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 254 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $215.28

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK16F

  Specifications: HFTK16F is an AirTAC 16 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 16 16 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 16 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M5×0.8 Operating pressure 0.25–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 27 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 6 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK16 lists G profile: CMSG / DMSG / EMSG; H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 147 N Pitch moment Mp 0.68 N·m Yaw moment My 0.68 N·m Roll moment Mr 1.36 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 67.5 AB 42.5 B 23.5 C 39 CA 30.5 D 8 DA 14 DB 8 E M3×0.5 EA 6 EB 8 K M4×0.7 KA 7 KB 24 KC 24.5 L M4×0.7 LA 8 LB 22 LC 15 M M4×0.7 MA 4.5 MB 16 MC 30 N 17 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M5×0.8 PA 7.5 PB 19 PC 13 UA 7.5 (+2/0) UB 1.8 (0/−0.5) DC 2.5 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 5.8 DF 2.5 EC 3.05 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Front threaded mounting M4×0.7; maximum 2.1 N·m; maximum engagement 7 mm Front through mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 8 mm Side mounting M4×0.7; maximum 1.6 N·m; maximum engagement 4.5 mm Jaw attachment M3×0.5; maximum 0.59 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 G-profile: CMSG — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020, CMSG-030, CMSG-050, CMSG-100, CMSG-M08, CMSG-M08010, CMSG-M08020, CMSG-M08030, CMSG-M12, CMSG-M12010, CMSG-M12020, CMSG-M12030, A05-CMSG-020, A05-CMSG-030, A05-CMSG-050, A05-CMSG-100 G-profile: CMSG — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSG-020-H, CMSG-030-H, CMSG-050-H, CMSG-100-H, CMSG-M08-H, CMSG-M08010-H, CMSG-M08020-H, CMSG-M08030-H, CMSG-M12-H, CMSG-M12010-H, CMSG-M12020-H, CMSG-M12030-H G-profile: DMSG — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSG-020, DMSG-030, DMSG-050, DMSG-100, DMSG-M08, DMSG-M08010, DMSG-M08020, DMSG-M08030, DMSG-M12, DMSG-M12010, DMSG-M12020, DMSG-M12030, DMSG-020-W, DMSG-030-W, DMSG-050-W, DMSG-100-W, A05-DMSG-020, A05-DMSG-030, A05-DMSG-050, A05-DMSG-100, A06-DMSG-020, A06-DMSG-030, A06-DMSG-050, A06-DMSG-100 G-profile: DMSG — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-N020, DMSG-N030, DMSG-N050, DMSG-N100, DMSG-NM08, DMSG-NM08010, DMSG-NM08020, DMSG-NM08030, DMSG-NM12, DMSG-NM12010, DMSG-NM12020, DMSG-NM12030, DMSG-N020-W, DMSG-N030-W, DMSG-N050-W, DMSG-N100-W G-profile: DMSG — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSG-P020, DMSG-P030, DMSG-P050, DMSG-P100, DMSG-PM08, DMSG-PM08010, DMSG-PM08020, DMSG-PM08030, DMSG-PM12, DMSG-PM12010, DMSG-PM12020, DMSG-PM12030, DMSG-P020-W, DMSG-P030-W, DMSG-P050-W, DMSG-P100-W G-profile: EMSG — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSG-020, EMSG-030, EMSG-050, EMSG-100, EMSG-M08, EMSG-M08010, EMSG-M08020, EMSG-M08030, EMSG-M12, EMSG-M12010, EMSG-M12020, EMSG-M12030, EMSG-020-W, EMSG-030-W, EMSG-050-W, EMSG-100-W, EMSG-M08-W, EMSG-M08010-W, EMSG-M08020-W, EMSG-M08030-W, EMSG-M12-W, EMSG-M12010-W, EMSG-M12020-W, EMSG-M12030-W, A05-EMSG-020, A05-EMSG-030, A05-EMSG-050, A05-EMSG-100, A06-EMSG-020, A06-EMSG-030, A06-EMSG-050, A06-EMSG-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed H- and G-profile options are alternatives, not a required set. Match the sensor to the corresponding body groove. A final -H on a CMS order code selects the high-temperature reed version, independently of the H/G mounting profile. CMSH/CMSG reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH/DMSG and EMSH/EMSG require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH/DMSG outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH and A05-CMSG also exclude the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W/DMSG-W have direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W/EMSG-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH/CMSG versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H- or G-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; also an alternative at the M5 gripper pressure port PTL4M5B-M: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube OD; mini B-typeM5 gripper-port meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, instead of the straight fitting; free reverse exhaust for spring opening US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, choose either PC4M5 or PTL4M5B-M at the M5×0.8 gripper pressure port. Use the straight fitting at the valve A port; use it at P only if the supply uses the same tube OD. The mini B-type controller restricts tube-to-gripper supply for pneumatic jaw closing and allows free reverse exhaust for spring opening. This is meter-in control of one working line. The listed PC and PTL parts accept soft nylon or polyurethane tube at 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Seat M5 sealing gaskets correctly. The PTL recommended 0.05 N·m is cap-rotation torque, not thread-tightening torque; adjust gradually and secure the setting. Use the selected branch at 0.25–0.7 MPa and −20 to +70°C, subject to temperature derating and any lower installed-component limit. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 133.3 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 125 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 133.3 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $192.43

  View options

• 

  View options

  Airtac HFK series: roller-guided parallel pneumatic gripper - HFTK10F

  Specifications: HFTK10F is an AirTAC 10 mm roller-guided parallel gripper. It is single acting, normally open. Bottom-mounted jaw attachment. The specification and dimensions below apply to the 2022 catalog configuration identified by the individual code elements. Product Catalog Download Airtac Product Catalog (PDF) Download AirTAC 2022 Sensor and Mounting Compatibility Guide (PDF) For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. This model code Parameter Details HFTK roller-guided parallel gripper; single acting, normally open 10 10 mm nominal bore F Bottom-mounted jaw attachment Design and operating features Crossed-roller guidance supports precise parallel jaw motion and higher allowable vertical load than the ball-guided HFZ reference. Locating holes support fixture alignment. The jaw attachment form is selected by the actual suffix, independently of the cylinder-body mounting method. Technical specifications Parameter Details Nominal bore 10 mm Actuation single acting, normally open Working medium Compressed air, filtered through a 40 μm filter element Operating temperature −20 to +70 °C Port thread M3×0.5 Operating pressure 0.35–0.7 MPa Lubrication No oil supply required Repeatability ±0.01 mm Maximum operating frequency 180 cycles/min Pneumatically driven closing force, one jaw 7 N Gripping-force rating condition 0.5 MPa operating pressure; gripping point L = 20 mm Opening/closing travel, both jaws combined 4 mm Compatible position sensors The 2022 selection information for HFK10 lists H profile: CMSH / DMSH / EMSH. Select the full sensor code for the required output, supply voltage, cable length and connector. Sensors are ordered separately; a matching mounting profile alone does not specify the electrical configuration. Gripping-force and gripping-point selection Select effective gripping force for the actual air pressure, jaw contact position and friction. The catalog uses F ≥ a × m × g / (n × μ), where F is force per jaw, n is the number of contacting jaws, μ is the attachment/workpiece friction coefficient, m is workpiece mass and g = 9.8 m/s². With two jaws and safety factor a = 4, μ = 0.2 requires approximately 10 × m × g per jaw and μ = 0.1 requires 20 × m × g. Allow a larger safety margin for high acceleration or impact; even at higher friction the catalog retains the conservative 10–20 times guideline. Check closing and opening force curves separately. Also check the gripping-point length L and overhang H together against the permitted gripping-range graph. Long or heavy fingers increase inertia even when the static force is sufficient. For very thin workpieces, provide the relief gap shown in the selection drawings to prevent unstable contact or positional offset. Allowable static external loads Parameter Details Vertical load Fv 87 N Pitch moment Mp 0.26 N·m Yaw moment My 0.26 N·m Roll moment Mr 0.53 N·m Moment-load conversion Allowable external force = M / (L × 10⁻³), with M in N·m and lever arm L in mm. These are static load limits, not impact ratings. Dimensions for this configuration Linear drawing dimensions are in mm unless a thread or angle is stated. Letter labels retain their meaning in the corresponding catalog view. Only the current action and attachment form are selected; parenthesized single-acting values from the source are resolved to this model. Parameter Details A 57 AB 37.5 B 16.5 C 30 CA 23 D 5 DA 11 DB 5 E M2.5×0.45 EA 4 EB 6 K M3×0.5 KA 5 KB 16 KC 23 L M3×0.5 LA 6 LB 18 LC 12 M M3×0.5 MA 6 MB 11.5 MC 27 N 11 (+0.05/0) NA 1.5 P M3×0.5 PA 7 PB 19 PC 10 UA 5.5 (+2/0) UB 1.8 (0/−0.5) DC 2 (+0.04/+0.01) DE 4.5 DF 2 EC 2.45 For detailed product dimensions and mounting drawings, please download and refer to the PDF catalog. Internal structure and principal materials Parameter Details 1 Pivot pin Stainless steel 2 Pin Stainless steel 3 Crank Stainless steel 4 Piston rod Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 5 Body Aluminum alloy 6 Piston Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 7 Rear cover Brass / aluminum alloy 8 Magnet retaining plate Aluminum alloy / stainless steel 9 Guide Alloy steel 10 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 11 Countersunk socket screw Alloy steel 12 Pin Bearing steel 13 O-ring NBR 14 O-ring NBR 15 Magnet Sintered neodymium-iron-boron 16 C-type retaining ring Spring steel 17 Bumper TPU 18 Magnet pad NBR 19 Rod seal NBR 20 Piston seal NBR 21 Jaw Bearing steel 22 Roller Bearing steel Part numbers refer to this series and the illustrated configuration. The parts list describes construction; it is not a supplied spare-parts kit or an independent ordering list. Accessories and configuration boundaries Custom workpiece fingers mount to the current jaw attachment holes. The jaw suffix selects the factory attachment form; the drawings of fixture fingers do not establish a separately supplied accessory kit. Match screw threads, engagement depth and tightening torque to this bore and jaw form. Mounting screws and tightening limits Parameter Details Rear mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.88 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Front threaded mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.69 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Front through mounting M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.49 N·m; maximum engagement 5 mm Side mounting M3×0.5; maximum 0.9 N·m; maximum engagement 6 mm Jaw attachment M2.5×0.45; maximum 0.31 N·m The mounting method names above refer to cylinder-body attachment. Jaw suffix B, N, F, R, W or M describes the separate jaw attachment geometry. Use the dimensions of the selected jaw rather than treating these suffixes as a body-mount kit. Installation and safe operation Install a workpiece fall-prevention device wherever loss of circuit pressure could release the load. Do not rely on gripping force alone to keep a suspended part safe. Prevent excessive external force, side load, impact and collision at the end of jaw or machine travel. Leave clearance around the workpiece and attachments throughout opening, transfer and reversal. Keep custom fingers short and light. Align the workpiece with the jaw centerline, and make both contact surfaces engage together where the two-jaw arrangement is used. Do not use the gripper to force an off-center insertion. Hold the jaw with an open-ended wrench when fastening an attachment; do not react the tightening torque through the gripper body. Use the specified screw length and torque to avoid internal damage. Use a flow-control valve to limit opening and closing speed. Commission at reduced pressure and low speed, and verify there is no collision before normal operation. Keep people and loose objects outside the moving envelope. Release the workpiece safely and exhaust the compressed air before removing the gripper. For holding a workpiece using spring force alone, the catalog requires consultation with the manufacturer. The pneumatic force rating does not establish a spring-only safe holding load. Optional magnetic sensors and matching cables H-profile: CMSH — standard/A05 reed sensorsTwo-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020, CMSH-030, CMSH-050, CMSH-100, CMSH-M08, CMSH-M08010, CMSH-M08020, CMSH-M08030, CMSH-M12, CMSH-M12010, CMSH-M12020, CMSH-M12030, A05-CMSH-020, A05-CMSH-030, A05-CMSH-050, A05-CMSH-100 H-profile: CMSH — high-temperature reed sensors (final -H suffix)Two-wire reed operation at 5–240 V AC/DC.CMSH-020-H, CMSH-030-H, CMSH-050-H, CMSH-100-H, CMSH-M08-H, CMSH-M08010-H, CMSH-M08020-H, CMSH-M08030-H, CMSH-M12-H, CMSH-M12010-H, CMSH-M12020-H, CMSH-M12030-H H-profile: DMSH — two-wire electronic sensorsTwo-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.DMSH-020, DMSH-030, DMSH-050, DMSH-100, DMSH-M08, DMSH-M08010, DMSH-M08020, DMSH-M08030, DMSH-M12, DMSH-M12010, DMSH-M12020, DMSH-M12030, DMSH-020-W, DMSH-030-W, DMSH-050-W, DMSH-100-W, A05-DMSH-020, A05-DMSH-030, A05-DMSH-050, A05-DMSH-100, A06-DMSH-020, A06-DMSH-030, A06-DMSH-050, A06-DMSH-100 H-profile: DMSH — NPN electronic sensorsNPN three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-N020, DMSH-N030, DMSH-N050, DMSH-N100, DMSH-NM08, DMSH-NM08010, DMSH-NM08020, DMSH-NM08030, DMSH-NM12, DMSH-NM12010, DMSH-NM12020, DMSH-NM12030, DMSH-N020-W, DMSH-N030-W, DMSH-N050-W, DMSH-N100-W H-profile: DMSH — PNP electronic sensorsPNP three-wire output with a 5–30 V DC supply.DMSH-P020, DMSH-P030, DMSH-P050, DMSH-P100, DMSH-PM08, DMSH-PM08010, DMSH-PM08020, DMSH-PM08030, DMSH-PM12, DMSH-PM12010, DMSH-PM12020, DMSH-PM12030, DMSH-P020-W, DMSH-P030-W, DMSH-P050-W, DMSH-P100-W H-profile: EMSH — miniature two-wire sensorsMiniature two-wire electronic operation at 10–28 V DC.EMSH-020, EMSH-030, EMSH-050, EMSH-100, EMSH-M08, EMSH-M08010, EMSH-M08020, EMSH-M08030, EMSH-M12, EMSH-M12010, EMSH-M12020, EMSH-M12030, EMSH-020-W, EMSH-030-W, EMSH-050-W, EMSH-100-W, EMSH-M08-W, EMSH-M08010-W, EMSH-M08020-W, EMSH-M08030-W, EMSH-M12-W, EMSH-M12010-W, EMSH-M12020-W, EMSH-M12030-W, A05-EMSH-020, A05-EMSH-030, A05-EMSH-050, A05-EMSH-100, A06-EMSH-020, A06-EMSH-030, A06-EMSH-050, A06-EMSH-100 Two-wire mating cables (B)For a matching M8 or M12 two-wire male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08B020, F-ECM08B030, F-ECM08B050, F-ECM08B100, F-ECM12B020, F-ECM12B030, F-ECM12B050, F-ECM12B100 Three-wire mating cables (C)For a matching M8 or M12 NPN/PNP male sensor; ordered separately.F-ECM08C020, F-ECM08C030, F-ECM08C050, F-ECM08C100, F-ECM12C020, F-ECM12C030, F-ECM12C050, F-ECM12C100 The listed options are alternatives, not a required set. The H in CMSH/DMSH/EMSH identifies the sensor profile; a final -H on a CMS order code instead selects the high-temperature reed version. CMSH reed sensors are limited to 100 mA, 10 W and 200 Hz, with no internal consumption or leakage. Standard/A05 voltage drop is at most 2.5 V at 100 mA DC; versions with the final -H suffix have no residual voltage or indicator LED. Two-wire DMSH and EMSH require 2.5–100 mA loads, up to 2.8 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 3 mA, 3.5 V and 0.06 mA respectively. NPN/PNP DMSH outputs are rated to 30 V / 200 mA, 6 W and 1,000 Hz. Maximum consumption, residual voltage and leakage are 5 mA, 0.7 V and 0.01 mA respectively. Check controller input compatibility as well as load ratings. Sensor and female-cable endings 020/030/050/100 mean 2/3/5/10 m. M08/M12 sensors have M8/M12 male connectors on 0.5 m leads; M08010/M08020/M08030 and M12010/M12020/M12030 give 1/2/3 m leads. Select lead length to suit the installation independently of gripper travel. Match female cables to the male connector size and wire count; direct-lead sensors need none. B pinout: 1 brown (+), 4 blue (−), 3 unused. C pinout: 1 brown (+), 3 blue (−), 4 black output. Check the mating cable and connector ratings separately. A05 flex-resistant robotics cable and A06 oil-resistant flex cable have a recommended minimum bend radius of 19 mm. Both are two-wire direct-lead types, without M8/M12, NPN/PNP or W options; A05-CMSH also excludes the final high-temperature -H suffix. W means waterproof: DMSH-W has direct leads only; the listed EMSH-W options also include connectors. Sensor temperature limits are −10 to +70°C, or −10 to +125°C for CMSH versions with the final -H suffix. The HFK-series gripper remains limited to +70°C. Ordinary, high-temperature and A05 sensors are IP64; W/A06 are IP68. These ratings do not extend to the gripper, connectors or whole assembly; use their common limits. CMS has no protection circuit; DMS/EMS have reverse-polarity and surge protection, and EMS also has temperature-overload protection. Reed, two-wire electronic, NPN and PNP circuits are not interchangeable. Complete and insulate wiring before powering it; keep it separate from power/high-voltage wiring. For direct leads, connect brown and blue in series with the load on two-wire types; do not connect the switch alone across the supply. On three-wire types, brown is positive supply, blue is negative and black is output; connect an NPN load to positive and a PNP load to negative. Install the selected H-profile sensor in the matching sensor groove on the HFK-series body, using its included magnet; no separate sensor mounting bracket is required. Loosen the locking screw so it does not project below the sensor base. Slide the sensor to the required position, then tighten. Set detection at the actuation-range centre. Recommended sensor-screw torque is 0.15–0.20 N·m, never over 0.25 N·m; these are not gripper mounting torques. Prevent impacts; keep cables free of strain and avoid unnecessary movement or bending. Observe the stated bend-radius guidance for flex-resistant versions, and inspect fixings, cables and indication. Keep ordinary sensors dry and do not immerse waterproof types for long periods. Avoid explosive gas, aggressive chemicals, sudden temperature changes, welding interference and magnetic debris. Provide suitable protection for A05 cables exposed to heat, dust, water or oil, and for A06 cables exposed to weld spatter. Optional single-acting air connections and controls HFTK is single acting: pressure drives jaw closing, and exhausting the working line allows spring opening. Use one working line. The optional direct-acting 3V1 valves are normally closed 3/2: energizing connects P to A; de-energizing blocks P and connects A to R. Normally closed describes the valve supply path, independently of whether the gripper rests open or closed. Select the 1.2 mm valve orifice, tube and installed line length for the required flow and response; these options do not establish achieved cycle frequency or spring-return time. BKC0425-M3: M3×0.5 male × exact 4 mm tube OD / 2.5 mm tube ID; locknut fittingConnection at the single M3 gripper pressure port, with separate inline inlet flow control PSA4: Two 4 mm tube OD push-in ends; no male pipe threadInline meter-in control for pneumatic jaw closing, with free reverse exhaust for spring opening PC4M5: M5×0.8 male × 4 mm tube ODStraight connection at the M5 valve A port; at P only when the supply uses the same tube OD; not for the M3 gripper port US98A040025100MBU: polyester polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length UE95A040025100MBU: polyether polyurethane; 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID; blue, 100 m rollOptional straight tubing example; cut to the required installed length 3V1M5A, 3V1M5AI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2220 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5B, 3V1M5BI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5C, 3V1M5CI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/2110 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5E, 3V1M5EI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/224 V AC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively 3V1M5F, 3V1M5FI: M5×0.8 female P supply, A work and R exhaust ports; normally closed 3/212 V DC direction control; DIN connection / 0.5 m flying leads respectively BSLM5: M5×0.8 male sintered silencerOptional silencer at the selected 3V1 valve R exhaust port only; never at the gripper working port For a selected 4 mm OD × 2.5 mm ID tube circuit, connect BKC0425-M3 at the M3×0.5 gripper pressure port and PC4M5 at the valve’s M5×0.8 A port. Match the supply connection separately. BKC uses a locking cap, not a push-in end: insert the exact tube fully, tighten the cap and match the actual M3 port seal; no supplied gasket or pre-applied sealant is specified. Install PSA4 in the single working line with its body symbol restricting valve-to-gripper supply for controlled jaw closing and allowing free gripper-to-valve exhaust for spring opening. Its two push-in ends take exact 4 mm OD soft nylon or polyurethane tube; it has no male pipe thread. Start restricted, adjust gradually and lock; a closed setting is not safety isolation. Use the selected branch at 0.35–0.7 MPa and 0–70°C, subject to temperature derating and lower installed-component limits. BKC is rated 0–1 MPa and 0–150°C; the selected PC and PSA parts are rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. The BKC minimum temperature limits this branch without changing the gripper body’s −20°C rating. Seat the M5 valve-fitting gasket correctly. Select one complete valve code for the installed supply. In each voltage pair, the first code has a DIN connection and the code ending I has 0.5 m flying leads. AC tolerance is ±15%, DC tolerance ±10%; consumption is 4.5 VA at 220/110 V AC, 5.0 VA at 24 V AC, 3.0 W at 24 V DC or 2.5 W at 12 V DC. The valve is rated 0–0.8 MPa and −20 to +70°C, IP65 and insulation class B. Its 10 Hz no-load limit is not a loaded gripper-cycle rating. BSLM5 is an optional silencer for the selected valve’s M5 R exhaust only, rated 0–1 MPa and −20 to +70°C. Keep the return exhaust path unobstructed: excess back pressure can prevent spring return. These are separately ordered component options; tube and thread compatibility do not establish a complete validated gripping system. The blue 100 m tube codes are alternative packaging examples, not installed lengths. US98A polyester-PU is rated −20 to +70°C and UE95A polyether-PU −40 to +70°C; both are rated 1 MPa at 23°C. Minimum bend radii (US/UE) are 10/8 mm. Apply temperature derating and the lowest component limit.Estimated weight 60.6 g. This is an estimated reference, not an AirTAC measured product or shipping weight. The dedicated series specification page gives 57 g; the 2022 general weight table gives the 60.6 g basic-model reference used here.

  Read more less

  $179.20

  View options

Show more products